1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * 15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 18 * 19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 26 * 27 */ 28 29 /* 30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 33 * 34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 38 * can actually be identified and removed. 39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 40 */ 41 42 #include <linux/types.h> 43 44 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 45 46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 53 54 /** 55 * DOC: Station handling 56 * 57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 61 * to. 62 * 63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 64 * capabilities. 65 * 66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 72 * time mark it authorized. 73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 76 * 77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 78 */ 79 80 /** 81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 82 * 83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 87 * for various reasons. 88 * 89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 95 * for doing that. 96 * 97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 99 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 100 * 101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 107 * 108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 111 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 112 * 113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 114 * below. 115 */ 116 117 /** 118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 119 * 120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 124 * 125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 127 * types there no concurrency is implied. 128 * 129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 136 * 137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 145 * 146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 147 * interfaces that a given device supports. 148 */ 149 150 /** 151 * DOC: packet coalesce support 152 * 153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 156 * and power consumption. 157 * 158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 161 * following events occur. 162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 166 * 167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 168 * rule. 169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 172 * Multiple such rules can be created. 173 */ 174 175 /** 176 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 177 * 178 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 179 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 180 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 181 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 182 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 183 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 184 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 185 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 186 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 187 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 188 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 189 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 190 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 191 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 192 * 193 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 194 * below additional parameters to userspace. 195 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 197 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 198 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 199 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 200 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 201 * 202 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 203 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 204 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 205 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 206 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 207 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 208 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 209 */ 210 211 /** 212 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 213 * 214 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 215 * 216 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 217 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 218 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 219 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 220 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 221 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 222 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 224 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 225 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 226 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 227 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 228 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 229 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 230 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 231 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 232 * 233 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 234 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 235 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 236 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 238 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 239 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 240 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 241 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 242 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 243 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 244 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 245 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 246 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 247 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 248 * 249 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 250 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 251 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 252 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 253 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 254 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 255 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 256 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 257 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 258 * 259 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 260 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 261 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 262 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 263 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 265 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 266 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 267 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 268 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 269 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 270 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 271 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 272 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 273 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 274 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 275 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 277 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 278 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 279 * 280 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 281 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 282 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 283 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 284 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 285 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 286 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 287 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 288 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 289 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 290 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 291 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 292 * frame). 293 * 294 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 295 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 296 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 297 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 298 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 300 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 301 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 302 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 303 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 304 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 305 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 306 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 307 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 308 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 309 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 310 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 311 * 312 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 313 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 314 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 315 * global regdomain will be returned. 316 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 317 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 318 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 319 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 320 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 321 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 322 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 323 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 324 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 325 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 326 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 327 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 328 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 329 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 330 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 331 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 332 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 333 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 334 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 335 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 336 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 337 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 338 * 339 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 340 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 341 * 342 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 343 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 344 * 345 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 346 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 347 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 348 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 349 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 350 * added to all specified management frames generated by 351 * kernel/firmware/driver. 352 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 353 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 354 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 355 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 356 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 357 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 358 * 359 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 360 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 361 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 362 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 363 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 364 * be used. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 366 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 367 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 368 * partial scan results may be available 369 * 370 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 371 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 372 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 373 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 374 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 375 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 376 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 377 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 378 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 379 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 380 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 381 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 382 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 383 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 384 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 385 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 386 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 387 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 388 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 389 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 390 * is supplied. 391 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 392 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 393 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 394 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 395 * results available. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 397 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 398 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 399 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 400 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 401 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 402 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 403 * 404 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 405 * or noise level 406 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 407 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 408 * 409 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 410 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 411 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 412 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 413 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 414 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 415 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 416 * ESS. 417 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 418 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 420 * authentication. 421 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 422 * 423 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 424 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 425 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 426 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 427 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 428 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 429 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 430 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 431 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 432 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 433 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 434 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 435 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 436 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 437 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 438 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 439 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 440 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 441 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 442 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 443 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 444 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 445 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 446 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 447 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 448 * the beacon hint was processed. 449 * 450 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 451 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 452 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 453 * authentication process. 454 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 455 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 456 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 457 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 458 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 459 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 460 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 461 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 462 * to be added to the frame. 463 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 464 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 465 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 466 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 467 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 468 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 469 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 470 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 471 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 472 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 473 * pending authentication timed out). 474 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 475 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 476 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 477 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 478 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 479 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 480 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 481 * included). 482 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 483 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 484 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 485 * primitives). 486 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 487 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 488 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 491 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 492 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 493 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 494 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 495 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 496 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 497 * 498 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 499 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 500 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 501 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 502 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 503 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 504 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 505 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 506 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 507 * determined by the network interface. 508 * 509 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 510 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 511 * to the driver. 512 * 513 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 514 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 515 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 516 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 517 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 518 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 519 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 520 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 521 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 522 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 523 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 524 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 525 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 526 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 527 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 528 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 529 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 530 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 531 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 532 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 533 * a different BSS is desired. 534 * Background scan period can optionally be 535 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 536 * if not specified default background scan configuration 537 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 538 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 539 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 540 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 541 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 542 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 543 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 544 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 545 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 546 * well to remain backwards compatible. 547 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented), 548 * sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself. 549 * When used as an event, and the driver roamed in a network that requires 550 * 802.1X authentication, %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED should be set 551 * if the 802.1X authentication was done by the driver or if roaming was 552 * done using Fast Transition protocol (in which case 802.1X authentication 553 * is not needed). If %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED is not set, user space 554 * is responsible for the 802.1X authentication. 555 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 556 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 557 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 558 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 559 * 560 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 561 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 562 * 563 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 564 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 565 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 566 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 567 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 568 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 569 * frequency for the operation. 570 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 571 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 572 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 573 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 574 * radio). 575 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 576 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 577 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 578 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 579 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 580 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 581 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 582 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 583 * uniquely identify the request. 584 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 585 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 586 * 587 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 588 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 589 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 590 * 591 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 592 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 593 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 594 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 595 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 596 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 597 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 598 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 599 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 600 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 601 * backward compatibility 602 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 603 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 604 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 605 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 606 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 607 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 608 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 609 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 610 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 611 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 612 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 613 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 614 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 615 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 616 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 618 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 619 * is used during CSA period. 620 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 621 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 622 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. 623 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 624 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 625 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 626 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 627 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 628 * the frame. 629 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 630 * backward compatibility. 631 * 632 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 633 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 634 * 635 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 636 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 637 * levels. 638 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 639 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 640 * reached. 641 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 642 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 643 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 644 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 645 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 646 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 647 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 648 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 649 * precedence when they are used. 650 * 651 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 652 * 653 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 654 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 655 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 656 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 657 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 658 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 659 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 660 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 661 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 662 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 663 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 664 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 665 * command, the feature is disabled. 666 * 667 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 668 * mesh config parameters may be given. 669 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 670 * network is determined by the network interface. 671 * 672 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 673 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 674 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 675 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 676 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 677 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 678 * 679 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 680 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 681 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 682 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 683 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 684 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 685 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 686 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 687 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 688 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 689 * depending on the authentication result. 690 * 691 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 692 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 693 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 694 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 695 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 696 * more background information, see 697 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 698 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 699 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 700 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 701 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 702 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 703 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 704 * 705 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 706 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 707 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 708 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 709 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 710 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 711 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 712 * 713 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 714 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 715 * 716 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 717 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 718 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 719 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 720 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 721 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 722 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 723 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 724 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 725 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 726 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 727 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 728 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 729 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 730 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 731 * 732 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 733 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 734 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 735 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 736 * is received. 737 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 738 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 739 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 740 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 741 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 742 * 743 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 744 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 745 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 746 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 747 * 748 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 749 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 750 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 751 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 752 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 753 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 754 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 755 * 756 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 757 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 758 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 759 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 760 * 761 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 762 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 763 * 764 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 765 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 766 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 767 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 768 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 769 * from the remote AP) is completed; 770 * 771 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 772 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 773 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 774 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 775 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 776 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 777 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 778 * interfaces to change channel as well. 779 * 780 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 781 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 782 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 783 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 784 * public action frame TX. 785 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 786 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 787 * 788 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 789 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 790 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 791 * is used for this. 792 * 793 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 794 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 795 * 796 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 797 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 798 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 799 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 800 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 801 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 802 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 803 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 804 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 805 * 806 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 807 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 808 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 809 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 810 * while operating on this channel. 811 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 812 * event. 813 * 814 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 815 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 816 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 817 * 818 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 819 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 820 * 821 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 822 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 823 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 824 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 825 * 826 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 827 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 828 * complete. 829 * 830 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 831 * return back to normal. 832 * 833 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 834 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 835 * 836 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 837 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 838 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 839 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 840 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 841 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 842 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 843 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 844 * switch is complete. 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 847 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 848 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 849 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 850 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 851 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 852 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 853 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 856 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 857 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 858 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 859 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 860 * 861 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 862 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 863 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 864 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 865 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 866 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 867 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 868 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 869 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 870 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 871 * fail even if the check was successful. 872 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 873 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 874 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 875 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 876 * 877 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 878 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 879 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 880 * 881 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 882 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 883 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 884 * network is determined by the network interface. 885 * 886 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 887 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 888 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 889 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 890 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 891 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 892 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 893 * AP. 894 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 895 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 896 * when this command completes. 897 * 898 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 899 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 900 * management. 901 * 902 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 903 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 904 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 907 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously 908 * created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it has been started, the 909 * NAN interface will create or join a cluster. This command must have a 910 * valid %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 911 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL attributes. 912 * After this command NAN functions can be added. 913 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 914 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 915 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 916 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 917 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 918 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 919 * of the function upon success. 920 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 921 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 922 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 923 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 924 * which just terminated. 925 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 926 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 927 * the response to this command. 928 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 929 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 930 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 931 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 932 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 933 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN configuration. NAN 934 * must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed). 935 * It must contain at least one of the following attributes: 936 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL. 937 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 938 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 939 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 940 * 941 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 942 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 943 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 944 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 945 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 946 * 947 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 948 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 949 */ 950 enum nl80211_commands { 951 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 952 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 953 954 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 955 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 956 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 957 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 958 959 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 960 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 961 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 962 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 963 964 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 965 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 966 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 967 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 968 969 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 970 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 971 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 972 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 973 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 974 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 975 976 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 977 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 978 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 979 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 980 981 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 982 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 983 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 984 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 985 986 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 987 988 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 989 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 990 991 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 992 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 993 994 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 995 996 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 997 998 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 999 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1000 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1001 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1002 1003 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1004 1005 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1006 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1007 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1008 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1009 1010 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1011 1012 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1013 1014 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1015 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1016 1017 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1018 1019 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1020 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1021 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1022 1023 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1024 1025 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1026 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1027 1028 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1029 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1030 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1031 1032 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1033 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1034 1035 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1036 1037 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1038 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1039 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1040 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1041 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1042 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1043 1044 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1045 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1046 1047 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1048 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1049 1050 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1051 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1052 1053 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1054 1055 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1056 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1057 1058 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1059 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1060 1061 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1062 1063 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1064 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1065 1066 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1067 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1068 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1069 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1070 1071 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1072 1073 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1074 1075 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1076 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1077 1078 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1079 1080 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1081 1082 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1083 1084 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1085 1086 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1087 1088 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1089 1090 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1091 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1092 1093 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1094 1095 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1096 1097 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1098 1099 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1100 1101 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1102 1103 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1104 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1105 1106 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1107 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1108 1109 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1110 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1111 1112 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1113 1114 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1115 1116 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1117 1118 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1119 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1120 1121 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1122 1123 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1124 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1125 1126 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1127 1128 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1129 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1130 1131 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1132 1133 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1134 1135 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1136 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1137 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1138 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1139 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1140 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1141 1142 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1143 1144 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1145 1146 /* add new commands above here */ 1147 1148 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1149 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1150 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1151 }; 1152 1153 /* 1154 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1155 * here 1156 */ 1157 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1158 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1159 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1160 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1161 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1162 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1163 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1164 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1165 1166 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1167 1168 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1169 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1170 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1171 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1172 1173 /** 1174 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1175 * 1176 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1177 * 1178 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1179 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1180 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1181 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1182 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1183 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1184 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1185 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1186 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1187 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1188 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1189 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1190 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1191 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1192 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1193 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1194 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1195 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1196 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1197 * this attribute) 1198 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1199 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1200 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1201 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1202 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1203 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1204 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1205 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1206 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1207 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1208 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1209 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1210 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1211 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1212 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1213 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1214 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1215 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1216 * 1217 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1218 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1219 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1220 * 1221 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1222 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1223 * 1224 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1225 * 1226 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1227 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1228 * keys 1229 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1230 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1231 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1232 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1233 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1234 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1235 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1236 * default management key 1237 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1238 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1239 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1240 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1241 * 1242 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1243 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1244 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1245 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1246 * 1247 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1248 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1249 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1250 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1251 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1252 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1253 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1254 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1255 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1256 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1257 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1258 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1259 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1260 * 1261 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1262 * consisting of a nested array. 1263 * 1264 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1265 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1266 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1268 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1269 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1270 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1271 * 1272 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1273 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1274 * 1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1276 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1277 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1278 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1279 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1280 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1281 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1282 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1283 * to a specific alpha2. 1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1285 * rules. 1286 * 1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1288 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1289 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1291 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1293 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1294 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1295 * 1296 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1297 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1298 * 1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1300 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1301 * of the interface mode. 1302 * 1303 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1304 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1305 * 1306 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1307 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1308 * 1309 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1310 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1311 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1312 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1313 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1314 * that can be added to a scan request 1315 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1316 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1317 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1318 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1319 * 1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1321 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1322 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1324 * 1325 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1326 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1327 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1328 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1329 * 1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1331 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1332 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1333 * 1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1335 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1336 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1337 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1338 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1339 * represented as a u32 1340 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1341 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1342 * 1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1344 * a u32 1345 * 1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1347 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1348 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1349 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1350 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1352 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1353 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1354 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1355 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1356 * 1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1358 * cipher suites 1359 * 1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1361 * for other networks on different channels 1362 * 1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1364 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1365 * 1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1367 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1368 * this attribute can be used 1369 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests 1370 * 1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1372 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1373 * 1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1375 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1376 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1377 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1378 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1379 * default in station mode. 1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1381 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1382 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1383 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1384 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1385 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1387 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1388 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1389 * 1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1391 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1392 * 1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1394 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1395 * a local disconnect request. 1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1397 * event (u16) 1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1399 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1400 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1401 * 1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1403 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1404 * (an array of u32). 1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1406 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1407 * u32). 1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1409 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1410 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1412 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1413 * 1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1415 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1417 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1418 * 1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1420 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1421 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1422 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1423 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1424 * 1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1426 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1428 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1429 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1430 * 1431 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1432 * 1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1434 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1435 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1436 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1437 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1438 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1439 * completely from scratch. 1440 * 1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1442 * 1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1444 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1445 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1446 * 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1449 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1450 * 1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1453 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1454 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1455 * 1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1457 * 1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1459 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1460 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1461 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1462 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1463 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1464 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1465 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1466 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1467 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1468 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1469 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1470 * 1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1472 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1474 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1476 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1477 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1478 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1480 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1481 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1482 * 1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1484 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1485 * 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1487 * 1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1489 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1490 * 1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1492 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1493 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1494 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1495 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1496 * 1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1498 * connected to this BSS. 1499 * 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1501 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1503 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1504 * for non-automatic settings. 1505 * 1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1507 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1508 * 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1510 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1511 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1512 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1513 * 1514 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1515 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1516 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1517 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1518 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1519 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1520 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1521 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1522 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1523 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1524 * 1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1526 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1527 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1528 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1529 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1530 * 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1532 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1533 * 1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1535 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1536 * 1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1538 * 1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1540 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1541 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1542 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1543 * nl80211 capability flag. 1544 * 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1546 * 1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1548 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1549 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1550 * 1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1552 * changed once the mesh is active. 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1554 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1556 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1557 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1559 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1560 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1561 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1562 * 1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1564 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1566 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1567 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1568 * triggers. 1569 * 1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1571 * cycles, in msecs. 1572 * 1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1574 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1575 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1576 * pass-thru filter rules. 1577 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1578 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1579 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1580 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1581 * able to ignore them by itself. 1582 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1583 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1584 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1585 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1586 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1587 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1588 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1589 * If ommited, no filtering is done. 1590 * 1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1592 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1593 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1595 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1596 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1597 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1598 * 1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1600 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1601 * 1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1603 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1604 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1605 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1606 * 1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1608 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1609 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1610 * 1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1612 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1613 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1614 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1616 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1617 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1618 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1619 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1620 * 1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1622 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1624 * as AP. 1625 * 1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1627 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1628 * 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1630 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1631 * 1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1633 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1634 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1635 * applications use this attribute. 1636 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1637 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1638 * 1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1640 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1641 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1643 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1645 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1647 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1649 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1650 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1651 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1652 * 1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1654 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1655 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1656 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1657 * 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1659 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1660 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1661 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1662 * 1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1664 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1666 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1667 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1668 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1669 * 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1671 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1672 * to be filled by the FW. 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1674 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1676 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1677 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1678 * The values that may be configured are: 1679 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1680 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1681 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1682 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1683 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1684 * 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1686 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1687 * to one DFS region. 1688 * 1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1690 * up to 16 TIDs. 1691 * 1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1693 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1694 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from 1695 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1696 * capability to timeout the stations. 1697 * 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1699 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1700 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1701 * 1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1703 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1704 * 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1706 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1707 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1708 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1709 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1710 * 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1712 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1713 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1714 * 1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1716 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1717 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1718 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1719 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1720 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1721 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1722 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1723 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1724 * consistent. 1725 * 1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1727 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1728 * 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1730 * 1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1732 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1734 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1735 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1736 * no change is made. 1737 * 1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1739 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1740 * 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1742 * carried in a u32 attribute 1743 * 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1745 * MAC ACL. 1746 * 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1748 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1749 * ACL. 1750 * 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1752 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1753 * 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1755 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1756 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1758 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1759 * 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1761 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1762 * 1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1764 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1765 * and PU-APSD. 1766 * 1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1768 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1769 * 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1771 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1772 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1773 * 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1775 * 1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1777 * Element 1778 * 1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1780 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1782 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1785 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1786 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1787 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1788 * 1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1790 * 1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1792 * until the channel switch event. 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1794 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1795 * operation). 1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1797 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1799 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1801 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1802 * 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 1804 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 1805 * 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 1807 * 1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 1809 * supported operating classes. 1810 * 1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 1812 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 1813 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 1814 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 1815 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 1816 * IBSS network. 1817 * 1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1819 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1821 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 1822 * 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 1824 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 1825 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION; u8 attribute. 1826 * 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 1828 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 1831 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 1833 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 1834 * 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 1836 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 1837 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 1838 * 1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 1841 * 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 1843 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 1844 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 1845 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 1846 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 1847 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 1848 * 1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 1850 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 1852 * supported number of csa counters. 1853 * 1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 1855 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 1858 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 1859 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 1860 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 1861 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 1862 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 1863 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 1864 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 1865 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 1866 * cleared when the socket is closed. 1867 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 1868 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only 1869 * the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add 1870 * and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that 1871 * socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the 1872 * notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group. 1873 * 1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 1875 * the TDLS link initiator. 1876 * 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 1878 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 1879 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 1880 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 1881 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 1882 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 1883 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 1884 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 1885 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 1886 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 1887 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 1888 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 1889 * 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 1891 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 1892 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 1893 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 1894 * setting valid value for coverage class. 1895 * 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 1899 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 1900 * 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 1902 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 1903 * 1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 1905 * 1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 1907 * 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 1909 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 1910 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 1911 * cfg80211 regdomain. 1912 * 1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 1914 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 1915 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 1916 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 1917 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 1918 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 1919 * 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 1921 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 1922 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 1923 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 1924 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 1925 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 1926 * over all channels. 1927 * 1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 1929 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 1930 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 1931 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 1932 1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 1934 * is operating in an indoor environment. 1935 * 1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 1937 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 1939 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 1941 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 1943 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 1944 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 1945 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 1946 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 1947 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 1949 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 1950 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 1951 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 1953 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 1954 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 1955 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1956 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 1957 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 1958 * 1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 1960 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 1961 * 1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 1963 * 1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 1965 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 1966 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 1967 * interface type. 1968 * 1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 1970 * groupID for monitor mode. 1971 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 1972 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 1973 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 1974 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 1975 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 1976 * each group. 1977 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 1978 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 1979 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 1980 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 1981 * groupID data. 1982 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 1984 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 1985 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 1986 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 1987 * 1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 1989 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 1990 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 1991 * attribute must not be included). 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 1993 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 1995 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 1996 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 1997 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 1998 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2000 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2001 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2002 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2003 * 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2005 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2006 * 2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2008 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2009 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2010 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2011 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL: NAN dual band operation config (see 2013 * &enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf). This attribute is used with 2014 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2015 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2017 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2018 * attribute. 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2020 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2022 * protection. 2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2024 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2025 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2026 * 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2028 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2029 * 2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2031 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2032 * 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2034 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2035 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2036 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2037 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2038 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2039 * unnecessary wakeups. 2040 * 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2042 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2043 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out 2044 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2045 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2046 * 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2048 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2049 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2050 * 2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2052 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2053 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2054 * 2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2056 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2057 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2058 * 2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2060 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2061 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2062 * 2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2064 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2065 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2066 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2067 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2070 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2071 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2072 * 2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: PMK for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2074 * This is used with @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: flag attribute used in %NL80211_CMD_ROAMED 2076 * notification indicating that that 802.1X authentication was done by 2077 * the driver or is not needed (because roaming used the Fast Transition 2078 * protocol). 2079 * 2080 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2082 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2083 */ 2084 enum nl80211_attrs { 2085 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2086 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2087 2088 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2089 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2090 2091 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2092 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2093 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2094 2095 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2096 2097 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2098 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2099 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2100 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2101 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2102 2103 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2104 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2105 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2106 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2107 2108 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2109 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2110 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2111 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2112 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2113 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2114 2115 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2116 2117 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2118 2119 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2120 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2121 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2122 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2123 2124 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2125 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2126 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2127 2128 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2129 2130 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2131 2132 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2133 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2134 2135 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2136 2137 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2138 2139 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2140 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2141 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2142 2143 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2144 2145 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2146 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2147 2148 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2149 2150 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2151 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2152 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2153 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2154 2155 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2156 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2157 2158 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2159 2160 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2161 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2162 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2163 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2164 2165 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2166 2167 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2168 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2169 2170 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2171 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2172 2173 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2174 2175 2176 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2177 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2178 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2179 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2180 2181 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2182 2183 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2184 2185 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2186 2187 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2188 2189 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2190 2191 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2192 2193 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2194 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2195 2196 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2197 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2198 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2199 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2200 2201 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2202 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2203 2204 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2205 2206 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2207 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2208 2209 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2210 2211 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2212 2213 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2214 2215 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2216 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2217 2218 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2219 2220 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2221 2222 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2223 2224 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2225 2226 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2227 2228 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2229 2230 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2231 2232 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2233 2234 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2235 2236 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2237 2238 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2239 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2240 2241 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2242 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2243 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2244 2245 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2246 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2247 2248 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2249 2250 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2251 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2252 2253 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2254 2255 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2256 2257 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2258 2259 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2260 2261 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2262 2263 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2264 2265 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2266 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2267 2268 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2269 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2270 2271 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2272 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2273 2274 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2275 2276 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2277 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2278 2279 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2280 2281 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2282 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2283 2284 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2285 2286 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2287 2288 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2289 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2290 2291 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2292 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2293 2294 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2295 2296 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2297 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2298 2299 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2300 2301 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2302 2303 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2304 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2305 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2306 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2307 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2308 2309 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2310 2311 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2312 2313 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2314 2315 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2316 2317 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2318 2319 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2320 2321 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2322 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2323 2324 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2325 2326 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2327 2328 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2329 2330 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2331 2332 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2333 2334 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2335 2336 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2337 2338 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2339 2340 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2341 2342 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2343 2344 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2345 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2346 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2347 2348 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2349 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2350 2351 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2352 2353 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2354 2355 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2356 2357 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2358 2359 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2360 2361 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2362 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2363 2364 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2365 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2366 2367 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2368 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2369 2370 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2371 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2372 2373 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2374 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2375 2376 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2377 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2378 2379 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2380 2381 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2382 2383 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2384 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2385 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2386 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2387 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2388 2389 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2390 2391 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2392 2393 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2394 2395 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2396 2397 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2398 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2399 2400 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2401 2402 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2403 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2404 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2405 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2406 2407 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2408 2409 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2410 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2411 2412 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2413 2414 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2415 2416 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2417 2418 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2419 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2420 2421 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2422 2423 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2424 2425 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2426 2427 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2428 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2429 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2430 2431 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2432 2433 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2434 2435 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2436 2437 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2438 2439 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2440 2441 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2442 2443 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2444 2445 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2446 2447 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2448 2449 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2450 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2451 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2452 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2453 2454 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2455 2456 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2457 2458 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2459 2460 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2461 2462 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2463 2464 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2465 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2466 2467 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2468 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2469 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2470 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2471 2472 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2473 2474 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2475 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL, 2476 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2477 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2478 2479 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2480 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2481 2482 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2483 2484 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2485 2486 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2487 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2488 2489 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2490 2491 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2492 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2493 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2494 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2495 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2496 2497 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2498 2499 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2500 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2501 2502 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2503 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2504 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2505 2506 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2507 2508 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2509 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2510 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2511 }; 2512 2513 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2514 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2515 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2516 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2517 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2518 2519 /* 2520 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2521 * here 2522 */ 2523 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2524 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2525 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2526 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2527 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2528 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2529 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2530 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2531 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2532 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2533 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2534 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2535 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2536 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2537 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2538 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2539 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2540 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2541 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2542 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2543 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2544 2545 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2546 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2547 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64 2548 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2549 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2550 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2551 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2552 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2553 2554 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2555 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2556 2557 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2558 2559 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2560 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2561 2562 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2563 2564 /** 2565 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2566 * 2567 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2568 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2569 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2570 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2571 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2572 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2573 * AP type interface. 2574 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2575 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2576 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2577 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2578 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2579 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2580 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2581 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2582 * commands to create and destroy one 2583 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2584 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2585 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2586 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2587 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2588 * 2589 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2590 * to set the type of an interface. 2591 * 2592 */ 2593 enum nl80211_iftype { 2594 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2595 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2596 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2597 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2598 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2599 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2600 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2601 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2602 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2603 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2604 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2605 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2606 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2607 2608 /* keep last */ 2609 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2610 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2611 }; 2612 2613 /** 2614 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2615 * 2616 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2617 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2618 * 2619 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2620 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2621 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2622 * with short barker preamble 2623 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2624 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2625 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2626 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2627 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2628 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2629 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2630 * as errors.) 2631 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2632 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2633 * previously added station into associated state 2634 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2635 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2636 */ 2637 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2638 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2639 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2640 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2641 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2642 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2643 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2644 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2645 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2646 2647 /* keep last */ 2648 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2649 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2650 }; 2651 2652 /** 2653 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2654 * 2655 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2656 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2657 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2658 */ 2659 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2660 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2661 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2662 2663 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2664 }; 2665 2666 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2667 2668 /** 2669 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2670 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2671 * @set: which values to set them to 2672 * 2673 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2674 */ 2675 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2676 __u32 mask; 2677 __u32 set; 2678 } __attribute__((packed)); 2679 2680 /** 2681 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 2682 * 2683 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 2684 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2685 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 2686 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 2687 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 2688 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 2689 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 2690 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 2691 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 2692 * 2693 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2694 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 2695 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 2696 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 2697 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2698 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 2699 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 2700 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 2701 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 2702 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 2703 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 2704 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 2705 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 2706 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 2707 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2708 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 2709 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 2710 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2711 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 2712 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2713 */ 2714 enum nl80211_rate_info { 2715 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 2716 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 2717 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 2718 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 2719 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 2720 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 2721 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 2722 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 2723 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2724 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2725 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 2726 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 2727 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 2728 2729 /* keep last */ 2730 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2731 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2732 }; 2733 2734 /** 2735 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 2736 * 2737 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 2738 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2739 * 2740 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2741 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 2742 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 2743 * (flag) 2744 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 2745 * (flag) 2746 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 2747 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 2748 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 2749 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2750 */ 2751 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 2752 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 2753 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 2754 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2755 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2756 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 2757 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2758 2759 /* keep last */ 2760 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 2761 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 2762 }; 2763 2764 /** 2765 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 2766 * 2767 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 2768 * when getting information about a station. 2769 * 2770 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2771 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 2772 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2773 * (u32, from this station) 2774 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2775 * (u32, to this station) 2776 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2777 * (u64, from this station) 2778 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2779 * (u64, to this station) 2780 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 2781 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 2782 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 2783 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2784 * (u32, from this station) 2785 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2786 * (u32, to this station) 2787 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 2788 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 2789 * (u32, to this station) 2790 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 2791 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 2792 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 2793 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 2794 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 2795 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 2796 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 2797 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 2798 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 2799 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 2800 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 2801 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 2802 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 2803 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2804 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 2805 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 2806 * non-peer STA 2807 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 2808 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 2809 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 2810 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 2811 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 2812 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 2813 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 2814 * (u64) 2815 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 2816 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 2817 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 2818 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 2819 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 2820 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 2821 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 2822 * attributes carrying the actual values. 2823 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 2824 * received from the station (u64, usec) 2825 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2826 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 2827 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 2828 */ 2829 enum nl80211_sta_info { 2830 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 2831 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 2832 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 2833 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 2834 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 2835 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 2836 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 2837 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 2838 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 2839 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 2840 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 2841 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 2842 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 2843 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 2844 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 2845 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 2846 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 2847 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 2848 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 2849 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 2850 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 2851 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 2852 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 2853 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 2854 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 2855 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 2856 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 2857 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 2858 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 2859 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 2860 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 2861 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 2862 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 2863 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 2864 2865 /* keep last */ 2866 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2867 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2868 }; 2869 2870 /** 2871 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 2872 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2873 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 2874 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 2875 * attempted to transmit; u64) 2876 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 2877 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 2878 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 2879 * MSDUs (u64) 2880 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2881 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 2882 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 2883 */ 2884 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 2885 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 2886 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 2887 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 2888 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 2889 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 2890 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 2891 2892 /* keep last */ 2893 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 2894 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 2895 }; 2896 2897 /** 2898 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 2899 * 2900 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 2901 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 2902 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 2903 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 2904 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 2905 */ 2906 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 2907 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 2908 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 2909 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 2910 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 2911 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 2912 }; 2913 2914 /** 2915 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 2916 * 2917 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 2918 * information about a mesh path. 2919 * 2920 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2921 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 2922 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 2923 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2924 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 2925 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 2926 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 2927 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 2928 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 2929 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 2930 * currently defind 2931 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2932 */ 2933 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 2934 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 2935 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 2936 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 2937 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 2938 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 2939 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 2940 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 2941 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 2942 2943 /* keep last */ 2944 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2945 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2946 }; 2947 2948 /** 2949 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 2950 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2951 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 2952 * an array of nested frequency attributes 2953 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 2954 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 2955 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 2956 * defined in 802.11n 2957 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 2958 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 2959 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 2960 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 2961 * defined in 802.11ac 2962 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 2963 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 2964 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2965 */ 2966 enum nl80211_band_attr { 2967 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 2968 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 2969 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 2970 2971 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 2972 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 2973 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 2974 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 2975 2976 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 2977 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 2978 2979 /* keep last */ 2980 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2981 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2982 }; 2983 2984 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 2985 2986 /** 2987 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 2988 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2989 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 2990 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 2991 * regulatory domain. 2992 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 2993 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 2994 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 2995 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 2996 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 2997 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 2998 * (100 * dBm). 2999 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3000 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3001 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3002 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3003 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3004 * channel as the control channel 3005 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3006 * channel as the control channel 3007 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3008 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3009 * this includes 80+80 channels 3010 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3011 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3012 * isn't possible 3013 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3014 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3015 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3016 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3017 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3018 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3019 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3020 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3021 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3022 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3023 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3024 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3025 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3026 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3027 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3028 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3029 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3030 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3031 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3032 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3033 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3034 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3035 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3036 * currently defined 3037 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3038 * 3039 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3040 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3041 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3042 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3043 */ 3044 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3045 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3046 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3047 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3048 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3049 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3050 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3051 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3052 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3053 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3054 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3055 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3056 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3057 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3058 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3059 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3060 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3061 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3062 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3063 3064 /* keep last */ 3065 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3066 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3067 }; 3068 3069 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3070 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3071 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3072 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3073 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3074 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3075 3076 /** 3077 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3078 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3079 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3080 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3081 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3082 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3083 * currently defined 3084 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3085 */ 3086 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3087 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3088 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3089 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3090 3091 /* keep last */ 3092 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3093 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3094 }; 3095 3096 /** 3097 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3098 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3099 * regulatory domain. 3100 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3101 * regulatory domain. 3102 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3103 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3104 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3105 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3106 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3107 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3108 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3109 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3110 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3111 */ 3112 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3113 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3114 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3115 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3116 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3117 }; 3118 3119 /** 3120 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3121 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3122 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3123 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3124 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3125 * domain. 3126 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3127 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3128 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3129 * them to be applied. 3130 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3131 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3132 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3133 * domain request to be processed. 3134 */ 3135 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3136 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3137 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3138 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3139 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3140 }; 3141 3142 /** 3143 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3144 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3145 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3146 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3147 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3148 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3149 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3150 * band edge. 3151 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3152 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3153 * band edge. 3154 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3155 * frequency range, in KHz. 3156 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3157 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3158 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3159 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3160 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3161 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3162 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3163 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3164 * currently defined 3165 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3166 */ 3167 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3168 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3169 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3170 3171 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3172 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3173 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3174 3175 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3176 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3177 3178 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3179 3180 /* keep last */ 3181 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3182 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3183 }; 3184 3185 /** 3186 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3187 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3188 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3189 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3190 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3191 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3192 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3193 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3194 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3195 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3196 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3197 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3198 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3199 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3200 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3201 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3202 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3203 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3204 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3205 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3206 * attribute number currently defined 3207 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3208 */ 3209 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3210 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3211 3212 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3213 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3214 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3215 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3216 3217 /* keep last */ 3218 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3219 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3220 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3221 }; 3222 3223 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3224 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3225 3226 /** 3227 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3228 * 3229 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3230 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3231 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3232 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3233 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3234 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3235 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3236 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3237 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3238 * beaconing. 3239 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3240 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3241 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3242 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3243 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3244 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3245 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3246 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3247 */ 3248 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3249 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3250 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3251 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3252 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3253 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3254 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3255 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3256 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3257 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3258 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3259 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3260 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3261 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3262 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3263 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3264 }; 3265 3266 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3267 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3268 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3269 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3270 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3271 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3272 3273 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3274 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3275 3276 /** 3277 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3278 * 3279 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3280 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3281 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3282 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3283 */ 3284 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3285 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3286 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3287 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3288 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3289 }; 3290 3291 /** 3292 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3293 * 3294 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3295 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3296 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3297 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3298 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3299 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3300 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3301 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3302 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3303 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3304 * supported feature. 3305 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3306 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3307 */ 3308 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3309 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3310 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3311 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3312 }; 3313 3314 /** 3315 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3316 * 3317 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3318 * when getting information about a survey. 3319 * 3320 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3321 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3322 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3323 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3324 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3325 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3326 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3327 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3328 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3329 * channel was sensed busy 3330 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3331 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3332 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3333 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3334 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3335 * (on this channel or globally) 3336 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3337 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3338 * currently defined 3339 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3340 */ 3341 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3342 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3343 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3344 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3345 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3346 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3347 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3348 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3349 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3350 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3351 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3352 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3353 3354 /* keep last */ 3355 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3356 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3357 }; 3358 3359 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3360 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3361 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3362 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3363 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3364 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3365 3366 /** 3367 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3368 * 3369 * Monitor configuration flags. 3370 * 3371 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3372 * 3373 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3374 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3375 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3376 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3377 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3378 * overrides all other flags. 3379 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3380 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3381 * 3382 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3383 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3384 */ 3385 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3386 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3387 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3388 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3389 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3390 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3391 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3392 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3393 3394 /* keep last */ 3395 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3396 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3397 }; 3398 3399 /** 3400 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3401 * 3402 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3403 * not known or has not been set yet. 3404 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3405 * in Awake state all the time. 3406 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3407 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3408 * neighbor's beacons. 3409 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3410 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3411 * for neighbor's beacons. 3412 * 3413 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3414 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3415 */ 3416 3417 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3418 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3419 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3420 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3421 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3422 3423 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3424 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3425 }; 3426 3427 /** 3428 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3429 * 3430 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3431 * active. 3432 * 3433 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3434 * 3435 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3436 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3437 * 3438 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3439 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3440 * 3441 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3442 * millisecond units 3443 * 3444 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3445 * on this mesh interface 3446 * 3447 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3448 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3449 * mesh 3450 * 3451 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3452 * point. 3453 * 3454 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3455 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3456 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3457 * set. 3458 * 3459 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3460 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3461 * target) 3462 * 3463 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3464 * (in milliseconds) 3465 * 3466 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3467 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3468 * 3469 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3470 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3471 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3472 * 3473 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3474 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3475 * reference element 3476 * 3477 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3478 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3479 * mesh 3480 * 3481 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3482 * 3483 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3484 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3485 * 3486 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3487 * root announcements are transmitted. 3488 * 3489 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3490 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 3491 * Announcement frames. 3492 * 3493 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3494 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 3495 * PERR element. 3496 * 3497 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 3498 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 3499 * 3500 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 3501 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 3502 * a peer link. 3503 * 3504 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 3505 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 3506 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 3507 * 3508 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 3509 * 3510 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 3511 * 3512 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 3513 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 3514 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 3515 * 3516 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3517 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 3518 * 3519 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 3520 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 3521 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 3522 * 3523 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 3524 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 3525 * 3526 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 3527 * 3528 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 3529 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 3530 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 3531 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 3532 * 3533 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3534 */ 3535 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 3536 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 3537 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 3538 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 3539 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 3540 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 3541 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 3542 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 3543 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 3544 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 3545 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 3546 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3547 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 3548 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 3549 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 3550 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 3551 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 3552 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 3553 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 3554 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 3555 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 3556 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 3557 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 3558 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 3559 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 3560 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 3561 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 3562 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 3563 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 3564 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 3565 3566 /* keep last */ 3567 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3568 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3569 }; 3570 3571 /** 3572 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 3573 * 3574 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 3575 * changed while the mesh is active. 3576 * 3577 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 3578 * 3579 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 3580 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 3581 * default HWMP. 3582 * 3583 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 3584 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 3585 * metric. 3586 * 3587 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 3588 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 3589 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 3590 * metrics in use. 3591 * 3592 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 3593 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 3594 * 3595 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 3596 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 3597 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 3598 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 3599 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 3600 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 3601 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 3602 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 3603 * userspace daemon. 3604 * 3605 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 3606 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 3607 * neighbor offset synchronization 3608 * 3609 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 3610 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 3611 * 3612 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 3613 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 3614 * Default is no authentication method required. 3615 * 3616 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 3617 * 3618 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 3619 */ 3620 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 3621 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 3622 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 3623 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 3624 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 3625 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 3626 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 3627 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 3628 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 3629 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 3630 3631 /* keep last */ 3632 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3633 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3634 }; 3635 3636 /** 3637 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 3638 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 3639 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 3640 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 3641 * disabled 3642 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 3643 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3644 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 3645 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3646 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 3647 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 3648 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 3649 */ 3650 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 3651 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 3652 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 3653 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 3654 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 3655 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 3656 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 3657 3658 /* keep last */ 3659 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3660 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3661 }; 3662 3663 enum nl80211_ac { 3664 NL80211_AC_VO, 3665 NL80211_AC_VI, 3666 NL80211_AC_BE, 3667 NL80211_AC_BK, 3668 NL80211_NUM_ACS 3669 }; 3670 3671 /* backward compat */ 3672 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 3673 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 3674 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 3675 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 3676 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 3677 3678 /** 3679 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 3680 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3681 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 3682 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3683 * below the control channel 3684 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3685 * above the control channel 3686 */ 3687 enum nl80211_channel_type { 3688 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 3689 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 3690 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 3691 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 3692 }; 3693 3694 /** 3695 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 3696 * 3697 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 3698 * attribute. 3699 * 3700 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3701 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 3702 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3703 * attribute must be provided as well 3704 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3705 * attribute must be provided as well 3706 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3707 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 3708 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3709 * attribute must be provided as well 3710 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 3711 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 3712 */ 3713 enum nl80211_chan_width { 3714 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 3715 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3716 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 3717 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 3718 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 3719 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 3720 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3721 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3722 }; 3723 3724 /** 3725 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 3726 * 3727 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 3728 * 3729 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 3730 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 3731 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 3732 */ 3733 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 3734 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3735 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3736 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3737 }; 3738 3739 /** 3740 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 3741 * 3742 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 3743 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 3744 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 3745 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 3746 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 3747 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 3748 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 3749 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 3750 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 3751 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 3752 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 3753 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 3754 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 3755 * they are from a Beacon frame. 3756 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 3757 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 3758 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 3759 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 3760 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 3761 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 3762 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 3763 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 3764 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 3765 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 3766 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 3767 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 3768 * yet been received 3769 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 3770 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 3771 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 3772 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 3773 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 3774 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 3775 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 3776 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 3777 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 3778 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3779 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 3780 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 3781 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 3782 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 3783 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 3784 * is set. 3785 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 3786 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 3787 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 3788 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 3789 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 3790 */ 3791 enum nl80211_bss { 3792 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 3793 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 3794 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 3795 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 3796 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3797 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 3798 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 3799 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 3800 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 3801 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 3802 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 3803 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 3804 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 3805 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 3806 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 3807 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 3808 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 3809 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 3810 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 3811 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3812 3813 /* keep last */ 3814 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 3815 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 3816 }; 3817 3818 /** 3819 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 3820 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 3821 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 3822 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 3823 * a given BSS. 3824 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 3825 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 3826 * 3827 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 3828 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 3829 */ 3830 enum nl80211_bss_status { 3831 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 3832 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 3833 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 3834 }; 3835 3836 /** 3837 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 3838 * 3839 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 3840 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 3841 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 3842 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 3843 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 3844 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 3845 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 3846 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 3847 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 3848 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 3849 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 3850 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 3851 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 3852 */ 3853 enum nl80211_auth_type { 3854 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 3855 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 3856 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 3857 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 3858 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 3859 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 3860 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 3861 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 3862 3863 /* keep last */ 3864 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 3865 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 3866 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 3867 }; 3868 3869 /** 3870 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 3871 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 3872 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 3873 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 3874 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 3875 */ 3876 enum nl80211_key_type { 3877 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 3878 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 3879 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 3880 3881 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 3882 }; 3883 3884 /** 3885 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 3886 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 3887 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 3888 */ 3889 enum nl80211_mfp { 3890 NL80211_MFP_NO, 3891 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 3892 }; 3893 3894 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 3895 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 3896 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 3897 }; 3898 3899 /** 3900 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 3901 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 3902 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 3903 * unicast key 3904 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 3905 * multicast key 3906 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 3907 */ 3908 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 3909 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 3910 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 3911 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 3912 3913 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 3914 }; 3915 3916 /** 3917 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 3918 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 3919 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 3920 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 3921 * keys 3922 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 3923 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 3924 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 3925 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 3926 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 3927 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 3928 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 3929 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 3930 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 3931 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 3932 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 3933 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 3934 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 3935 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 3936 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 3937 */ 3938 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 3939 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 3940 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 3941 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 3942 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 3943 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 3944 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 3945 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 3946 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 3947 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 3948 3949 /* keep last */ 3950 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 3951 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 3952 }; 3953 3954 /** 3955 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 3956 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 3957 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 3958 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 3959 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 3960 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 3961 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 3962 * in an array of MCS numbers. 3963 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 3964 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 3965 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 3966 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 3967 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 3968 */ 3969 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 3970 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 3971 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 3972 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 3973 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 3974 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 3975 3976 /* keep last */ 3977 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 3978 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 3979 }; 3980 3981 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 3982 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 3983 3984 /** 3985 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 3986 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 3987 */ 3988 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 3989 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 3990 }; 3991 3992 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 3993 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 3994 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 3995 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 3996 }; 3997 3998 /** 3999 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4000 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4001 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4002 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz) 4003 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4004 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4005 */ 4006 enum nl80211_band { 4007 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4008 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4009 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4010 4011 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4012 }; 4013 4014 /** 4015 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4016 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4017 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4018 */ 4019 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4020 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4021 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4022 }; 4023 4024 /** 4025 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4026 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4027 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4028 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4029 * to disable. 4030 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4031 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4032 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4033 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4034 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4035 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4036 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4037 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4038 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4039 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4040 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4041 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4042 * checked. 4043 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4044 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4045 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4046 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4047 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4048 * loss event 4049 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4050 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4051 */ 4052 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4053 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4054 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4055 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4056 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4057 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4058 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4059 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4060 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4061 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4062 4063 /* keep last */ 4064 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4065 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4066 }; 4067 4068 /** 4069 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4070 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4071 * configured threshold 4072 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4073 * configured threshold 4074 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4075 */ 4076 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4077 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4078 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4079 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4080 }; 4081 4082 4083 /** 4084 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4085 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4086 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4087 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4088 */ 4089 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4090 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4091 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4092 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4093 }; 4094 4095 /** 4096 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4097 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4098 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4099 * a zero bit are ignored 4100 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4101 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4102 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4103 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4104 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4105 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4106 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4107 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4108 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4109 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4110 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4111 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4112 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4113 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4114 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4115 */ 4116 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4117 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4118 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4119 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4120 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4121 4122 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4123 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4124 }; 4125 4126 /** 4127 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4128 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4129 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4130 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4131 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4132 * 4133 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4134 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4135 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4136 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4137 * by the kernel to userspace. 4138 */ 4139 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4140 __u32 max_patterns; 4141 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4142 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4143 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4144 } __attribute__((packed)); 4145 4146 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4147 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4148 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4149 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4150 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4151 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4152 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4153 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4154 4155 /** 4156 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4157 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4158 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4159 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4160 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4161 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4162 * any others are even supported by the device. 4163 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4164 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4165 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4166 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4167 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4168 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4169 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4170 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4171 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4172 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4173 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4174 * 4175 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4176 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4177 * 4178 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4179 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4180 * to the kernel when configuring. 4181 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4182 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4183 * by the device (flag) 4184 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4185 * done by the device) (flag) 4186 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4187 * packet (flag) 4188 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4189 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4190 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4191 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4192 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4193 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4194 * attribute contains the original length. 4195 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4196 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4197 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4198 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4199 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4200 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4201 * contains the original length. 4202 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4203 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4204 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4205 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4206 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4207 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4208 * the TCP connection. 4209 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4210 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4211 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4212 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4213 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4214 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4215 * service 4216 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4217 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4218 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4219 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4220 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4221 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4222 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4223 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4224 * supported by the driver (u32). 4225 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4226 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4227 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4228 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4229 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4230 * occurred. 4231 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4232 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4233 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4234 * these attributes must be present. If 4235 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4236 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4237 * channel. 4238 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4239 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4240 * 4241 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4242 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4243 */ 4244 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4245 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4246 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4247 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4248 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4249 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4250 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4251 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4252 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4253 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4254 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4255 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4256 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4257 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4258 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4259 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4260 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4261 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4262 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4263 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4264 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4265 4266 /* keep last */ 4267 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4268 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4269 }; 4270 4271 /** 4272 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4273 * 4274 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4275 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4276 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4277 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4278 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4279 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4280 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4281 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4282 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4283 * 4284 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4285 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4286 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4287 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4288 * also woken up. 4289 * 4290 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4291 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4292 */ 4293 4294 /** 4295 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4296 * @start: starting value 4297 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4298 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4299 * 4300 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4301 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4302 * in little endian. 4303 */ 4304 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4305 __u32 start, offset, len; 4306 }; 4307 4308 /** 4309 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4310 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4311 * @len: length of each token 4312 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4313 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4314 */ 4315 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4316 __u32 offset, len; 4317 __u8 token_stream[]; 4318 }; 4319 4320 /** 4321 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4322 * @min_len: minimum token length 4323 * @max_len: maximum token length 4324 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4325 */ 4326 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4327 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4328 }; 4329 4330 /** 4331 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4332 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4333 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4334 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4335 * (in network byte order) 4336 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4337 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4338 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4339 * might require ARP querying. 4340 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4341 * socket and port will be allocated 4342 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4343 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4344 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4345 * of the data payload. 4346 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4347 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4348 * advertising it is just a flag 4349 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4350 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4351 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4352 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4353 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4354 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4355 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4356 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4357 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4358 * but on the TCP payload only. 4359 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4360 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4361 */ 4362 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4363 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4364 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4365 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4366 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4367 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4368 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4369 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4370 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4371 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4372 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4373 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4374 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4375 4376 /* keep last */ 4377 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4378 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4379 }; 4380 4381 /** 4382 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4383 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4384 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4385 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4386 * 4387 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4388 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4389 */ 4390 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4391 __u32 max_rules; 4392 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4393 __u32 max_delay; 4394 } __attribute__((packed)); 4395 4396 /** 4397 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4398 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4399 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4400 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4401 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4402 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4403 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4404 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4405 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4406 */ 4407 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4408 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4409 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4410 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4411 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4412 4413 /* keep last */ 4414 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4415 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4416 }; 4417 4418 /** 4419 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4420 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 4421 * in a rule are matched. 4422 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4423 * in a rule are not matched. 4424 */ 4425 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4426 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4427 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4428 }; 4429 4430 /** 4431 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4432 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4433 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4434 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4435 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4436 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4437 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4438 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4439 */ 4440 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4441 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4442 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4443 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4444 4445 /* keep last */ 4446 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4447 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4448 }; 4449 4450 /** 4451 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 4452 * 4453 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4454 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 4455 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 4456 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 4457 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 4458 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 4459 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 4460 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 4461 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 4462 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 4463 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 4464 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 4465 * different channels may be used within this group. 4466 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4467 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 4468 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4469 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 4470 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 4471 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 4472 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 4473 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 4474 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 4475 * 4476 * Examples: 4477 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 4478 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 4479 * 4480 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 4481 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 4482 * 4483 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 4484 * => allows two STAs on different channels 4485 * 4486 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 4487 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 4488 * 4489 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained 4490 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 4491 * that any of these groups must match. 4492 * 4493 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 4494 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 4495 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 4496 * interface type, the following group always exists: 4497 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 4498 */ 4499 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 4500 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 4501 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 4502 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 4503 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 4504 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 4505 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 4506 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 4507 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 4508 4509 /* keep last */ 4510 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 4511 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 4512 }; 4513 4514 4515 /** 4516 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 4517 * 4518 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 4519 * state of non existant mesh peer links 4520 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 4521 * this mesh peer 4522 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 4523 * from this mesh peer 4524 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 4525 * received from this mesh peer 4526 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 4527 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 4528 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 4529 * plink are discarded 4530 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 4531 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 4532 */ 4533 enum nl80211_plink_state { 4534 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 4535 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 4536 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 4537 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 4538 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 4539 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 4540 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 4541 4542 /* keep last */ 4543 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 4544 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 4545 }; 4546 4547 /** 4548 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 4549 * 4550 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 4551 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 4552 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 4553 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 4554 */ 4555 enum plink_actions { 4556 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 4557 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 4558 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 4559 4560 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 4561 }; 4562 4563 4564 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 4565 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 4566 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 4567 4568 /** 4569 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 4570 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4571 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 4572 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 4573 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 4574 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 4575 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 4576 */ 4577 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 4578 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 4579 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 4580 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 4581 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 4582 4583 /* keep last */ 4584 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 4585 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 4586 }; 4587 4588 /** 4589 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 4590 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 4591 * Beacon frames) 4592 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 4593 * in Beacon frames 4594 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 4595 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 4596 */ 4597 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 4598 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 4599 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 4600 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 4601 }; 4602 4603 /** 4604 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 4605 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4606 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 4607 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 4608 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 4609 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 4610 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 4611 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 4612 */ 4613 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 4614 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 4615 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 4616 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 4617 4618 /* keep last */ 4619 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 4620 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 4621 }; 4622 4623 /** 4624 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 4625 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4626 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 4627 * priority) 4628 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 4629 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 4630 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 4631 * (internal) 4632 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 4633 * (internal) 4634 */ 4635 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 4636 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 4637 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 4638 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 4639 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 4640 4641 /* keep last */ 4642 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 4643 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 4644 }; 4645 4646 /** 4647 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 4648 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 4649 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 4650 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 4651 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 4652 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 4653 */ 4654 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 4655 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 4656 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 4657 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 4658 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 4659 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 4660 }; 4661 4662 /* 4663 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 4664 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 4665 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 4666 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 4667 }; 4668 */ 4669 4670 /** 4671 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 4672 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 4673 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 4674 * socket option. 4675 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 4676 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 4677 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 4678 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 4679 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 4680 * cellular base stations. 4681 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 4682 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 4683 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 4684 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 4685 * mode 4686 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 4687 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 4688 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 4689 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 4690 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 4691 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 4692 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 4693 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 4694 * setting 4695 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 4696 * powersave 4697 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 4698 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 4699 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 4700 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 4701 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 4702 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 4703 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 4704 * states using station flags. 4705 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 4706 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 4707 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 4708 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 4709 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 4710 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 4711 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 4712 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 4713 * still generated by the driver. 4714 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 4715 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 4716 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 4717 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 4718 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 4719 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 4720 * lifetime of a BSS. 4721 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 4722 * Set IE to probe requests. 4723 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 4724 * to probe requests. 4725 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 4726 * requests sent to it by an AP. 4727 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 4728 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 4729 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 4730 * Measurement Report action frame. 4731 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 4732 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 4733 * to enable dynack. 4734 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 4735 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4736 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 4737 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 4738 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4739 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 4740 * rts/cts handshake. 4741 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 4742 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 4743 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 4744 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 4745 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 4746 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 4747 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 4748 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 4749 * operating as a TDLS peer. 4750 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4751 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 4752 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 4753 * address mask/value will be used. 4754 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 4755 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 4756 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4757 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4758 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4759 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 4760 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4761 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4762 */ 4763 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 4764 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 4765 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 4766 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 4767 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 4768 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 4769 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 4770 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 4771 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 4772 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 4773 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 4774 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 4775 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 4776 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 4777 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 4778 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 4779 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 4780 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 4781 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 4782 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 4783 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 4784 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 4785 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 4786 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 4787 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 4788 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 4789 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 4790 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 4791 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 4792 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 4793 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 4794 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 4795 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31, 4796 }; 4797 4798 /** 4799 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 4800 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 4801 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 4802 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 4803 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 4804 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 4805 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 4806 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 4807 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 4808 * certain groups which can be configured by the 4809 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 4810 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 4811 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 4812 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 4813 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 4814 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4815 * (if available). 4816 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 4817 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 4818 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4819 * (if available). 4820 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 4821 * channel dwell time. 4822 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 4823 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 4824 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 4825 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 4826 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 4827 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 4828 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 4829 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 4830 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 4831 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 4832 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 4833 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 4834 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 4835 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 4836 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 4837 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 4838 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 4839 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 4840 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 4841 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 4842 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 4843 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 4844 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 4845 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 4846 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 4847 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 4848 * be supported. 4849 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 4850 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 4851 * actual dwell time. 4852 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 4853 * response 4854 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 4855 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 4856 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 4857 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 4858 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 4859 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 4860 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 4861 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 4862 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 4863 * 4864 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 4865 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 4866 */ 4867 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 4868 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 4869 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 4870 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 4871 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 4872 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4873 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 4874 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 4875 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 4876 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 4877 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 4878 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 4879 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 4880 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4881 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 4882 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 4883 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 4884 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 4885 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 4886 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 4887 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 4888 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 4889 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4890 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 4891 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 4892 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 4893 4894 /* add new features before the definition below */ 4895 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 4896 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 4897 }; 4898 4899 /** 4900 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 4901 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 4902 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 4903 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 4904 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 4905 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 4906 * to the host. 4907 * 4908 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 4909 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 4910 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 4911 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 4912 */ 4913 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 4914 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 4915 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 4916 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 4917 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 4918 }; 4919 4920 /** 4921 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 4922 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 4923 * handled by the AP is reached. 4924 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 4925 */ 4926 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 4927 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 4928 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 4929 }; 4930 4931 /** 4932 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 4933 * 4934 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 4935 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 4936 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 4937 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 4938 */ 4939 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 4940 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 4941 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 4942 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 4943 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 4944 }; 4945 4946 /** 4947 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 4948 * 4949 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 4950 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 4951 * requests. 4952 * 4953 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 4954 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 4955 * one of them can be used in the request. 4956 * 4957 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 4958 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 4959 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 4960 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 4961 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 4962 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 4963 * when really needed 4964 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 4965 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 4966 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 4967 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 4968 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 4969 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 4970 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 4971 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 4972 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 4973 * SSID and/or RSSI. 4974 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 4975 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 4976 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 4977 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 4978 * impacted with this flag. 4979 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 4980 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 4981 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 4982 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 4983 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 4984 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 4985 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 4986 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 4987 */ 4988 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 4989 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 4990 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 4991 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 4992 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 4993 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 4994 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 4995 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 4996 }; 4997 4998 /** 4999 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5000 * 5001 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5002 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5003 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5004 * 5005 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5006 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5007 * in ACL to authenticate. 5008 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5009 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5010 */ 5011 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5012 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5013 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5014 }; 5015 5016 /** 5017 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5018 * 5019 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5020 * 5021 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5022 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5023 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5024 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5025 */ 5026 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5027 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5028 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5029 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5030 5031 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5032 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5033 }; 5034 5035 /** 5036 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5037 * 5038 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5039 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5040 * 5041 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5042 * now unusable. 5043 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5044 * the channel is now available. 5045 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5046 * change to the channel status. 5047 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5048 * over, channel becomes usable. 5049 */ 5050 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5051 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5052 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5053 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5054 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5055 }; 5056 5057 /** 5058 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5059 * 5060 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5061 * 5062 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5063 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5064 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5065 * is therefore marked as not available. 5066 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5067 */ 5068 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5069 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5070 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5071 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5072 }; 5073 5074 /** 5075 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5076 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5077 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5078 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5079 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5080 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5081 */ 5082 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5083 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5084 }; 5085 5086 /** 5087 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5088 * 5089 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5090 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5091 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5092 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5093 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5094 */ 5095 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5096 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5097 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5098 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5099 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5100 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5101 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5102 }; 5103 5104 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5105 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5106 5107 /** 5108 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5109 * 5110 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5111 * 5112 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5113 */ 5114 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5115 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5116 }; 5117 5118 /* 5119 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5120 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5121 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5122 */ 5123 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5124 5125 /** 5126 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5127 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5128 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5129 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5130 * added to this file when needed. 5131 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5132 */ 5133 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5134 __u32 vendor_id; 5135 __u32 subcmd; 5136 }; 5137 5138 /** 5139 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5140 * 5141 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5142 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5143 * 5144 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5145 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5146 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5147 */ 5148 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5149 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5150 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5151 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5152 }; 5153 5154 /** 5155 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5156 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5157 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5158 * seconds (u32). 5159 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5160 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5161 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5162 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5163 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5164 * currently defined 5165 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5166 */ 5167 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5168 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5169 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5170 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5171 5172 /* keep last */ 5173 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5174 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5175 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5176 }; 5177 5178 /** 5179 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5180 * 5181 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. 5182 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS. 5183 */ 5184 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5185 __u8 band; 5186 __s8 delta; 5187 } __attribute__((packed)); 5188 5189 /** 5190 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5191 * 5192 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5193 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5194 * is requested. 5195 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5196 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5197 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5198 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5199 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5200 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5201 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5202 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5203 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5204 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5205 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5206 * 5207 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5208 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5209 * which the driver shall use. 5210 */ 5211 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5212 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5213 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5214 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5215 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5216 5217 /* keep last */ 5218 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5219 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5220 }; 5221 5222 /** 5223 * enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf - NAN dual band configuration 5224 * 5225 * Defines the NAN dual band mode of operation 5226 * 5227 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT: device default mode 5228 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz mode 5229 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ: 5GHz mode 5230 */ 5231 enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf { 5232 NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT = 1 << 0, 5233 NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ = 1 << 1, 5234 NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ = 1 << 2, 5235 }; 5236 5237 /** 5238 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5239 * 5240 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5241 * 5242 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5243 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5244 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5245 */ 5246 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5247 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5248 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5249 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5250 5251 /* keep last */ 5252 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5253 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5254 }; 5255 5256 /** 5257 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5258 * 5259 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5260 * 5261 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5262 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5263 */ 5264 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5265 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5266 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5267 }; 5268 5269 /** 5270 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5271 * 5272 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5273 * 5274 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5275 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5276 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5277 */ 5278 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5279 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5280 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5281 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5282 }; 5283 5284 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5285 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5286 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5287 5288 /** 5289 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5290 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5291 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5292 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5293 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5294 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5295 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5296 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5297 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5298 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5299 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5300 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5301 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5302 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5303 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5304 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5305 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5306 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5307 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5308 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5309 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5310 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5311 * This is a flag. 5312 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5313 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5314 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5315 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5316 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5317 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5318 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5319 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5320 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5321 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5322 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5323 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5324 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5325 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5326 * 5327 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5328 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5329 */ 5330 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5331 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5332 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5333 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5334 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5335 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5336 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5337 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5338 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5339 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5340 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5341 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5342 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5343 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5344 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5345 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5346 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5347 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5348 5349 /* keep last */ 5350 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5351 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5352 }; 5353 5354 /** 5355 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5356 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5357 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5358 * This is a flag. 5359 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5360 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5361 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5362 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5363 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5364 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5365 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5366 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5367 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5368 */ 5369 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5370 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 5371 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 5372 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 5373 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 5374 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 5375 5376 /* keep last */ 5377 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 5378 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 5379 }; 5380 5381 /** 5382 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 5383 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 5384 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 5385 * match. This is a nested attribute. 5386 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5387 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 5388 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 5389 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5390 * 5391 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 5392 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 5393 */ 5394 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 5395 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 5396 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 5397 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 5398 5399 /* keep last */ 5400 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 5401 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 5402 }; 5403 5404 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 5405